1 //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
15 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16 #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
18 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
32 #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
33 #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
48 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
49 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
50 #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
58 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
59 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
61 class InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
68 class ASTMutationListener;
77 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
78 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
79 class CXXConstructorDecl;
80 class CXXConversionDecl;
81 class CXXDestructorDecl;
82 class CXXFieldCollector;
83 class CXXMemberCallExpr;
89 class ClassTemplateDecl;
90 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
91 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
92 class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
93 class CodeCompleteConsumer;
94 class CodeCompletionAllocator;
95 class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
96 class CodeCompletionResult;
101 class DeclaratorDecl;
102 class DeducedTemplateArgument;
103 class DependentDiagnostic;
104 class DesignatedInitExpr;
107 class EnumConstantDecl;
110 class ExternalSemaSource;
114 class FunctionProtoType;
115 class FunctionTemplateDecl;
116 class ImplicitConversionSequence;
118 class InitializationKind;
119 class InitializationSequence;
120 class InitializedEntity;
121 class IntegerLiteral;
125 class LocalInstantiationScope;
128 typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath;
130 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
133 class ObjCCategoryDecl;
134 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
135 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
136 class ObjCContainerDecl;
138 class ObjCImplementationDecl;
139 class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
141 template <class T> class ObjCList;
142 class ObjCMessageExpr;
143 class ObjCMethodDecl;
144 class ObjCPropertyDecl;
145 class ObjCProtocolDecl;
146 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
148 class OverloadCandidateSet;
153 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
154 class PseudoObjectExpr;
156 class StandardConversionSequence;
160 class TemplateArgument;
161 class TemplateArgumentList;
162 class TemplateArgumentLoc;
164 class TemplateParameterList;
165 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
166 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
170 class TypedefNameDecl;
173 class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
174 class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
175 class UnresolvedSetImpl;
176 class UnresolvedSetIterator;
178 class UsingShadowDecl;
181 class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
182 class VisibilityAttr;
183 class VisibleDeclConsumer;
184 class IndirectFieldDecl;
185 struct DeductionFailureInfo;
186 class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
189 class AccessedEntity;
190 class BlockScopeInfo;
191 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
192 class CapturingScopeInfo;
193 class CompoundScopeInfo;
194 class DelayedDiagnostic;
195 class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
196 class FunctionScopeInfo;
197 class LambdaScopeInfo;
198 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
199 class TemplateDeductionInfo;
202 // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
203 // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
204 typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
205 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
207 /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
209 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
210 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
212 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
213 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
215 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
216 bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
218 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
221 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) {
222 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
223 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
224 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
225 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
226 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
227 // with internal linkage.
228 return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible();
232 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
233 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
234 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
236 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
237 FPOptions FPFeatures;
239 const LangOptions &LangOpts;
242 ASTConsumer &Consumer;
243 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
244 SourceManager &SourceMgr;
246 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
249 /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
250 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
252 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
253 DeclContext *CurContext;
255 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
256 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
257 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
259 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
260 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
261 DeclarationName VAListTagName;
263 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
264 /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
265 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
267 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
269 /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI.
270 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind
271 MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod;
273 enum PragmaVtorDispKind {
274 PVDK_Push, ///< #pragma vtordisp(push, mode)
275 PVDK_Set, ///< #pragma vtordisp(mode)
276 PVDK_Pop, ///< #pragma vtordisp(pop)
277 PVDK_Reset ///< #pragma vtordisp()
280 enum PragmaMsStackAction {
281 PSK_Reset, // #pragma ()
282 PSK_Set, // #pragma ("name")
283 PSK_Push, // #pragma (push[, id])
284 PSK_Push_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], "name")
285 PSK_Pop, // #pragma (pop[, id])
286 PSK_Pop_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], "name")
289 /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft
290 /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean:
292 /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps
293 /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial
295 /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed
298 /// The stack always has at least one element in it.
299 SmallVector<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode, 2> VtorDispModeStack;
301 /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs
302 SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc;
304 template<typename ValueType>
307 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel;
309 SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
310 Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
312 SourceLocation PragmaLocation)
313 : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value),
314 PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation) {}
316 void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
317 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
318 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
320 explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Value)
321 : CurrentValue(Value) {}
322 SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack;
323 ValueType CurrentValue;
324 SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
326 // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but
327 // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module).
328 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack;
329 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack;
330 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack;
331 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack;
333 /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg.
334 StringLiteral *CurInitSeg;
335 SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc;
337 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
338 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
340 /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off"
341 /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If
342 /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location.
343 SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
345 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
347 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
348 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
349 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
351 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
352 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
353 bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
355 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
356 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The
357 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
358 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
360 /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs
361 /// that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not
362 /// be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue
363 /// and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions
364 /// of the enclosing full expression. This is cleared at the end of each
366 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
368 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
369 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
371 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first
372 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
373 /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
374 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
376 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
377 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
380 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
381 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
382 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
383 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
385 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
386 std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
388 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
390 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
391 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
393 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
395 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
396 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
397 /// same list more than once.
398 std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
400 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
401 /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
402 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
404 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
405 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name.
407 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
411 /// extern "C" void f() {
412 /// void foo(int, int);
416 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of
417 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
418 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
420 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with
421 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration,
422 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked
423 /// for compatibility.
425 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
426 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
427 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
429 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls;
431 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
432 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
434 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
435 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
436 TentativeDefinitionsType;
438 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
439 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
441 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
442 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
443 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
445 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
446 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
447 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
449 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
450 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
451 DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
453 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
454 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
455 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
457 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
458 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
459 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
460 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
461 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
462 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
464 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
465 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
466 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
467 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
468 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
469 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
470 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
471 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
472 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
474 typedef llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *>
475 LateParsedTemplateMapT;
476 LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
478 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
479 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
480 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
483 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
484 LateTemplateParser = LTP;
488 class DelayedDiagnostics;
490 class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
491 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
492 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
494 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
495 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
497 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
498 /// during parsing and other processing.
499 class DelayedDiagnostics {
500 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
501 /// diagnostics should go.
502 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
505 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {}
507 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
508 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
510 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
511 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; }
513 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
514 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
518 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
519 /// collected in this pool.
520 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
521 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
522 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
527 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
528 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part
529 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
530 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
531 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
534 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
536 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
537 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
538 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
543 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
544 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
545 assert(CurPool == nullptr);
546 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
548 } DelayedDiagnostics;
550 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
554 DeclContext *SavedContext;
555 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
556 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
559 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true)
560 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
561 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
562 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
564 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
565 S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
567 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType();
571 if (!SavedContext) return;
572 S.CurContext = SavedContext;
573 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
574 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
575 SavedContext = nullptr;
583 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
585 class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
587 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
590 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
591 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
593 S.PushFunctionScope();
594 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
597 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
598 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
599 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
603 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
604 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
605 /// identifier, declared or undeclared
606 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
608 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
609 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers
610 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
611 /// in the currently selected standard.
612 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
615 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
616 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
618 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
619 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
620 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
621 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
622 /// It would be best to refactor this.
623 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
625 IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
627 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
628 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
629 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
632 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
633 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
635 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
636 /// standard library.
637 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
639 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
640 /// \<initializer_list>.
641 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
643 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
644 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
646 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
647 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
649 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
650 std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
652 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
653 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
655 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
656 QualType NSNumberPointer;
658 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
659 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
661 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
662 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
664 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
665 QualType NSStringPointer;
667 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
668 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
670 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
671 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
673 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
674 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
676 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
677 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
679 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
680 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
682 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
683 QualType QIDNSCopying;
685 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
686 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
688 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
689 /// have been declared.
690 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
692 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
693 /// references to fields. This is really a
694 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
696 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
697 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
698 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
699 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
700 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
701 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
702 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
706 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
707 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
708 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
711 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
712 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
713 /// cases in a switch statement).
716 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
717 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
718 /// expression at run time.
719 PotentiallyEvaluated,
721 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
722 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
723 /// in fact the current expression is used.
725 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
726 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
727 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
728 /// until the default argument is used.
729 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
732 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
733 /// expression evaluation contexts.
734 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
735 /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
736 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
738 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
739 bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
741 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
744 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
745 /// this expression evaluation context.
746 unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
748 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
750 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
751 /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
752 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
754 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
755 /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
756 /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
757 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
759 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
760 /// and block literals within this context.
762 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
763 /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
764 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
766 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
767 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
768 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
770 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
771 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
772 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
774 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
775 unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
776 bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
777 Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
779 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
780 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
781 ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
783 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
784 /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
785 MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx);
787 bool isUnevaluated() const {
788 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
792 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
793 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
795 /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
798 /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
800 /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
801 /// associated with the context, if relevant.
802 MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
803 const DeclContext *DC,
804 Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
807 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
810 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
811 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
812 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
821 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
824 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
825 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
828 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
829 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
831 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
832 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
835 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
837 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
839 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
841 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
842 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
843 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
844 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
846 TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
848 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
850 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
851 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
853 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>>
854 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
856 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
857 /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
859 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
860 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
861 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
862 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
863 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
865 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
866 // argument locations.
867 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
869 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
870 /// definition in this translation unit.
871 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
873 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
874 void getUndefinedButUsed(
875 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
877 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
878 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
880 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
881 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
882 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
883 /// of selectors are "overloaded").
884 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
885 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
886 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
888 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
890 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
892 /// Kinds of C++ special members.
893 enum CXXSpecialMember {
894 CXXDefaultConstructor,
903 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
905 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
906 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
907 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
908 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
910 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
912 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
913 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
914 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
916 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
917 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
918 /// should not be used elsewhere.
919 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
921 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
923 class FPContractStateRAII {
925 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
926 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
927 ~FPContractStateRAII() {
928 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
932 bool OldFPContractState : 1;
935 void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T);
938 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
939 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
940 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr);
943 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
944 /// initialized but before it parses anything.
947 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
948 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
949 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
951 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
952 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
953 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
954 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
955 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
956 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
957 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
959 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
960 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
962 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
964 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
966 void PrintStats() const;
968 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
969 /// template instantiation stacks.
971 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
972 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
973 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
974 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
975 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
977 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
982 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
983 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
985 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
986 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
987 if (!isActive()) return;
989 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
990 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
991 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
993 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
994 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
995 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
996 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
997 // eliminate that code.
1001 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
1002 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
1005 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
1006 template<typename T>
1007 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
1008 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
1009 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
1015 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
1016 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
1017 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
1018 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
1021 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
1022 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
1024 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
1025 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
1027 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
1029 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
1031 getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1032 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1034 /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken()
1035 SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0);
1037 /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor.
1038 ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const;
1040 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
1042 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
1044 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
1046 void PushFunctionScope();
1047 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
1048 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
1050 /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
1051 /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth
1052 /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
1053 void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
1055 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
1057 CapturedRegionKind K);
1059 PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr,
1060 const Decl *D = nullptr,
1061 const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr);
1063 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
1064 return FunctionScopes.back();
1067 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const {
1068 if (FunctionScopes.empty())
1071 for (int e = FunctionScopes.size()-1; e >= 0; --e) {
1072 if (isa<sema::BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[e]))
1074 return FunctionScopes[e];
1079 template <typename ExprT>
1080 void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
1081 if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
1082 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
1085 void PushCompoundScope();
1086 void PopCompoundScope();
1088 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
1090 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
1092 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
1093 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
1095 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
1096 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
1098 /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
1099 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
1101 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1102 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1104 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
1105 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1107 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1109 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1110 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1113 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1114 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1115 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1116 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1117 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1118 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1119 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1120 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1121 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1122 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1123 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1124 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1125 SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1127 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1129 /// \brief Build a function type.
1131 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1132 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1133 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1134 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1135 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1137 /// \param T The return type of the function.
1139 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1140 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1141 /// function parameters.
1143 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1144 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1145 /// type that will have function type.
1147 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1150 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1151 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1153 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1154 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1155 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1156 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1157 MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1158 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1159 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1161 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1163 DeclarationName Entity);
1164 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1165 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1166 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1167 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1169 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1170 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1171 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1172 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1174 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1175 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1176 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1177 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1178 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty,
1179 TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr);
1180 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1181 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1182 const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1183 void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD,
1184 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1185 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
1186 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1187 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1188 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1189 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1190 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1191 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1192 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1193 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1194 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1195 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
1196 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
1197 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1198 bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1199 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1200 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1201 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1202 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1203 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1204 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1205 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1207 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1209 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1210 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1211 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1213 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1214 struct TypeDiagnoser {
1217 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
1219 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1220 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1223 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1224 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1225 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1226 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1227 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1228 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1229 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1232 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1233 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1234 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1235 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1236 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1237 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1239 template<typename T1>
1240 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1245 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
1246 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
1247 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1248 if (Suppressed) return;
1249 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
1252 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
1255 template<typename T1, typename T2>
1256 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1262 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1264 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1267 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1268 if (Suppressed) return;
1269 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
1272 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
1275 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1276 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1283 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1284 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
1285 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1286 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
1288 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1289 if (Suppressed) return;
1291 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
1294 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
1298 bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1299 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1301 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1302 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1303 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1306 template<typename T1>
1307 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1308 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1309 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1310 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1313 template<typename T1, typename T2>
1314 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1315 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1316 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1317 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1320 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1321 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1322 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1324 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1326 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1329 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1330 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1332 template<typename T1>
1333 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1334 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1335 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1338 template<typename T1, typename T2>
1339 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1341 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1342 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1345 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1346 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1347 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
1348 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1350 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1353 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1354 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1355 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1357 template<typename T1>
1358 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1359 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1360 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1361 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1364 template<typename T1, typename T2>
1365 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1366 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1367 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1368 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1371 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1372 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1373 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1375 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1377 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1380 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1381 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1383 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1384 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1385 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1386 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1387 SourceLocation Loc);
1389 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1390 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1393 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1394 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1395 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1396 /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1397 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1399 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr);
1401 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1403 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1405 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1406 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
1407 bool isClassName = false,
1408 bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1409 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1410 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1411 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1412 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr);
1413 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1414 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1415 void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1416 SourceLocation IILoc,
1419 ParsedType &SuggestedType,
1420 bool AllowClassTemplates = false);
1422 /// \brief For compatibility with MSVC, we delay parsing of some default
1423 /// template type arguments until instantiation time. Emits a warning and
1424 /// returns a synthesized DependentNameType that isn't really dependent on any
1425 /// other template arguments.
1426 ParsedType ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
1427 SourceLocation NameLoc);
1429 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1430 /// by \c ClassifyName().
1431 enum NameClassificationKind {
1437 NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1443 class NameClassification {
1444 NameClassificationKind Kind;
1446 TemplateName Template;
1448 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1450 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1453 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1455 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1457 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1458 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1460 static NameClassification Error() {
1461 return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1464 static NameClassification Unknown() {
1465 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1468 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1469 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1472 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1473 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1474 Result.Template = Name;
1478 static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1479 NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
1480 Result.Template = Name;
1484 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1485 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1486 Result.Template = Name;
1490 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1492 ParsedType getType() const {
1493 assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1497 ExprResult getExpression() const {
1498 assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1502 TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1503 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
1504 Kind == NC_VarTemplate);
1508 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1510 case NC_TypeTemplate:
1511 return TNK_Type_template;
1512 case NC_FunctionTemplate:
1513 return TNK_Function_template;
1514 case NC_VarTemplate:
1515 return TNK_Var_template;
1517 llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
1522 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1523 /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1525 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1526 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1527 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1529 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1531 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1533 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1534 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1536 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1538 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1539 /// disambiguate the name.
1541 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1542 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1545 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1546 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
1548 IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1549 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1550 const Token &NextToken,
1551 bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1552 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr);
1554 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1556 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1557 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1558 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
1559 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1560 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1561 DeclarationName Name,
1562 SourceLocation Loc);
1564 diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals,
1565 SourceLocation FallbackLoc,
1566 SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1567 SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1568 SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1569 SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation());
1571 static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
1572 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1573 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1574 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1575 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1576 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1577 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1578 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1579 LookupResult &Previous);
1580 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1581 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1582 NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
1583 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1584 LookupResult &Previous,
1585 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1587 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1588 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1589 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1590 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1591 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1593 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1594 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1595 LookupResult &Previous,
1596 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1598 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1600 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1601 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1603 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1604 void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1605 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1606 void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1607 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1608 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1609 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1610 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1611 bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1612 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1613 void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
1614 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1615 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1618 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1619 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1620 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1622 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1623 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1625 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1626 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1627 SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1628 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1629 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1630 SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1632 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1633 bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1634 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1635 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1636 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1637 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
1638 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
1639 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
1640 SourceLocation AttrEnd);
1641 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1642 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1643 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1644 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1645 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1646 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
1647 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1649 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1650 /// documentation comments.
1651 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1652 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1654 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1655 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1656 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
1657 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition =
1659 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1660 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1661 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1662 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1663 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1666 /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or
1667 /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting
1668 /// code for that function.
1670 /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the
1671 /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to
1672 /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11
1673 /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs.
1674 bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D);
1676 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1677 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1678 /// code for that function.
1680 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1681 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1682 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1683 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1685 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1686 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1687 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1688 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1689 void ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D);
1691 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1692 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1693 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1695 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1696 /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1697 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1698 ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1700 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1701 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1702 /// specified threshold.
1703 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1704 ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1708 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1709 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1710 SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1711 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1713 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1714 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1715 AttributeList *AttrList,
1716 SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1718 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1720 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1722 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1724 /// \param Path The module access path.
1725 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1728 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a
1729 /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
1730 void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1732 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1733 /// source location, for error recovery, if possible.
1735 /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup
1736 /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user
1737 /// has forgotten to import.
1738 void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
1741 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1742 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1743 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1746 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1747 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1748 const Preprocessor &PP);
1751 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1752 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1754 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1756 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1758 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1759 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
1761 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1764 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
1766 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1767 RecordDecl *Record);
1769 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1770 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1771 SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1772 const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1775 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;'
1776 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;'
1777 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1778 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;'
1781 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1782 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1783 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1784 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1785 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1786 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1787 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1788 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1789 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
1790 bool IsTypeSpecifier);
1792 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1793 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1795 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1796 AttributeList *Attr,
1797 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1799 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1802 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1803 IdentifierInfo *Name,
1804 SourceLocation TagLoc,
1805 SourceLocation NameLoc);
1807 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1808 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1809 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1810 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1811 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1813 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1814 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1815 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1816 AccessSpecifier AS);
1817 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
1818 SourceLocation DeclStart,
1819 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1820 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1822 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
1824 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1825 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1826 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1827 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1828 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1829 SourceLocation TSSL,
1830 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1831 Declarator *D = nullptr);
1833 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1834 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
1835 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
1836 bool Diagnose = false);
1837 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1838 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1839 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1840 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1841 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1842 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1844 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1845 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1846 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1847 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1848 AttributeList *AttrList);
1850 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1851 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1852 /// struct, or union).
1853 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1855 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1857 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1858 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1859 /// member declarations.
1860 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1861 SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1862 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
1863 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1865 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1866 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1867 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1868 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1870 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1872 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1873 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1875 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1876 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1877 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1879 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1880 /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1881 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1883 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1884 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1885 SourceLocation IdLoc,
1888 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1889 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1890 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1892 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1893 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1894 AttributeList *Attrs,
1895 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1896 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1897 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1898 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
1899 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1901 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1903 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1904 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1905 void PopDeclContext();
1907 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1908 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1909 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1910 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1912 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1913 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1914 void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1916 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1918 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1919 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently
1920 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1921 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1923 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1924 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently
1925 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1926 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1928 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1929 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently
1930 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1931 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1933 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1934 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1936 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1937 /// top level scope.
1939 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1941 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1942 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1944 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1945 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1946 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1948 /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the
1949 /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained
1950 /// directly within it.
1951 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr,
1952 bool AllowInlineNamespace = false);
1954 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1955 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL.
1956 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1958 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1959 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1960 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1961 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1963 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1964 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
1965 IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1966 VersionTuple Introduced,
1967 VersionTuple Deprecated,
1968 VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1972 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1973 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1974 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1975 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1976 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1977 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1978 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1979 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1980 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1981 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1982 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1984 mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
1985 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex,
1986 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
1987 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1988 IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
1989 int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1990 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
1991 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1993 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
1994 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
1995 enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
1996 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
1998 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
2001 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
2002 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
2006 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2007 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
2008 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
2009 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S,
2010 bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2011 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2012 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2013 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
2014 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
2015 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2016 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
2017 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
2019 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
2020 // to represent what is actually causing the operation
2021 enum AssignmentAction {
2029 AA_Passing_CFAudited
2032 /// C++ Overloading.
2034 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
2035 /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
2038 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
2039 /// an existing declaration.
2042 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
2046 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
2048 const LookupResult &OldDecls,
2049 NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
2050 bool IsForUsingDecl);
2051 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
2053 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
2054 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
2056 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
2057 /// an available function, false otherwise.
2058 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
2060 ImplicitConversionSequence
2061 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2062 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2064 bool InOverloadResolution,
2066 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
2068 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2069 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2070 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2071 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2072 bool InOverloadResolution,
2073 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2074 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2075 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2076 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2077 QualType &ConvertedType);
2078 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2079 QualType& ConvertedType);
2080 bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
2081 const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
2082 unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr);
2083 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
2084 QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2086 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
2087 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2089 CXXCastPath& BasePath,
2090 bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2091 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2092 bool InOverloadResolution,
2093 QualType &ConvertedType);
2094 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2096 CXXCastPath &BasePath,
2097 bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2098 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2099 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
2100 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2101 QualType &ResultTy);
2102 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
2103 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
2105 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2106 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
2107 QualType ResultType,
2109 bool AllowNRVO = true);
2111 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2113 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2114 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2116 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
2117 bool AllowExplicit = false);
2118 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
2119 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2120 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2121 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
2123 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
2124 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
2126 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
2128 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label.
2129 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
2130 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
2131 CCEK_NewExpr ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
2133 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2134 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2136 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
2137 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
2138 class ContextualImplicitConverter {
2141 bool SuppressConversion;
2143 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
2144 bool SuppressConversion = false)
2145 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
2147 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
2148 /// for this conversion.
2149 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
2151 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2152 /// integral or enumeration type.
2153 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2154 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2156 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
2157 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2158 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2160 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
2162 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
2163 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2165 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
2166 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2167 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2169 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
2171 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2172 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2174 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
2175 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2176 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2178 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
2179 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
2180 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
2181 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2183 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
2186 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2187 bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2190 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2191 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2192 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2193 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2195 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2196 bool match(QualType T) override;
2198 SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2199 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
2200 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2203 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2204 /// integral or enumeration type.
2205 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2206 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2209 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2210 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2211 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2214 enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2219 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2221 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2222 // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2223 enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2232 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2234 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2235 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2236 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2239 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2240 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2241 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2242 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2244 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2245 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2246 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2247 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2248 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2249 bool PartialOverloading = false,
2250 bool AllowExplicit = false);
2251 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2252 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2253 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2254 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2255 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
2256 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2257 QualType ObjectType,
2258 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2259 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2260 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2261 bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2262 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2263 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2264 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2265 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2266 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2267 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2268 bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2269 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2270 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2271 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2272 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2273 QualType ObjectType,
2274 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2275 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2276 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2277 bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2278 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2279 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2280 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2281 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2282 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2283 bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2284 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2285 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2286 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2287 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2288 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2289 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2290 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2291 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2292 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2293 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2294 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2295 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2296 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2297 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2298 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2299 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2300 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2301 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2302 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2303 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2304 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2305 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2306 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2307 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2308 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2309 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2310 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2311 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2312 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2313 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2314 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2316 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2317 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2318 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2319 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2321 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2322 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
2324 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
2325 // identified by the expression Expr
2326 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
2328 /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first
2329 /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful.
2330 EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2331 bool MissingImplicitThis = false);
2333 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return]
2334 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2336 // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2337 // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2338 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2339 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2342 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2343 QualType TargetType,
2345 DeclAccessPair &Found,
2346 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr);
2349 ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2350 bool Complain = false,
2351 DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr);
2353 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2354 ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2355 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2356 bool Complain = false,
2357 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2358 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2359 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2362 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2363 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2365 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2366 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2369 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2370 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2371 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2372 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2374 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2375 // range-based for loop.
2376 enum ForRangeStatus {
2378 FRS_NoViableFunction,
2379 FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2382 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
2383 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
2384 enum BeginEndFunction {
2389 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
2390 SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2392 BeginEndFunction BEF,
2393 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2394 LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2395 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2396 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2398 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2399 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2400 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2402 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2404 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2406 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2407 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2408 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2409 ExprResult *Result);
2411 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2413 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2416 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2418 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2419 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2421 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2422 SourceLocation RLoc,
2423 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2426 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2427 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2429 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2431 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2433 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2435 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2436 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2437 bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr);
2439 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2440 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2441 /// that best represents the call.
2442 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2443 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2445 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2446 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param,
2447 ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd,
2448 bool CheckParameterNames);
2449 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2450 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2451 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2453 /// \name Name lookup
2455 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2456 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2457 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2458 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2459 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2460 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2462 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2463 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2464 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2465 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2466 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2467 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2468 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2470 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2471 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2472 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2473 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2474 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2475 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2476 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2477 /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2480 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2481 enum LookupNameKind {
2482 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2483 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2484 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2485 LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2486 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2487 /// structs, and unions.
2489 /// Label name lookup.
2491 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2492 /// class/struct/union members.
2494 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2495 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2496 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2498 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2499 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2500 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2501 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2502 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2503 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2504 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2505 LookupNamespaceName,
2506 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2507 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate
2508 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2509 LookupUsingDeclName,
2510 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2511 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2512 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2513 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2514 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2515 /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
2516 /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
2517 LookupLocalFriendName,
2518 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2519 LookupObjCProtocolName,
2520 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2521 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2522 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2526 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2527 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2528 enum RedeclarationKind {
2529 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2530 /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2531 NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2532 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2533 /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2537 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2538 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2539 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2541 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2542 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2544 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2545 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2547 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2548 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2549 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2551 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2552 /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
2553 /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
2557 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2558 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2566 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2568 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2570 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2571 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2572 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2574 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2576 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2579 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return
2580 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2582 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2583 /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2584 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2586 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2587 RedeclarationKind Redecl
2588 = NotForRedeclaration);
2589 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2590 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2591 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2592 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2593 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2594 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2595 bool EnteringContext = false);
2596 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2597 RedeclarationKind Redecl
2598 = NotForRedeclaration);
2600 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2601 QualType T1, QualType T2,
2602 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2603 void addOverloadedOperatorToUnresolvedSet(UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2604 DeclAccessPair Operator,
2605 QualType T1, QualType T2);
2607 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2608 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2610 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2611 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2612 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2614 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2615 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2616 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2618 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2619 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2620 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2622 bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id);
2623 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2624 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2627 bool AllowStringTemplate);
2628 bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2630 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2631 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions);
2633 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2634 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2635 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2636 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2637 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2638 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2640 enum CorrectTypoKind {
2641 CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation.
2642 CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery.
2645 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2646 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2647 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2648 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2649 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
2650 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
2651 bool EnteringContext = false,
2652 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr,
2653 bool RecordFailure = true);
2655 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2656 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2657 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2659 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2660 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2661 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
2662 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2664 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2665 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2666 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2667 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2669 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2670 bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace);
2672 void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2675 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2676 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2677 bool TypoCorrection = false);
2678 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2679 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2680 SourceLocation Loc);
2681 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2683 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2685 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2687 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2688 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2689 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
2690 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2691 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
2692 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2693 const AttributeList *AttrList);
2695 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2697 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2698 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
2699 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
2700 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2701 bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr,
2702 unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str,
2703 SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr);
2704 bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(
2705 CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
2706 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
2708 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
2710 /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
2711 /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from
2712 /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
2713 void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic);
2715 // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens.
2716 // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not
2717 // one that came from a typedef.
2718 bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T);
2720 /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
2721 /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
2722 const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
2724 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2725 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2728 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2729 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2730 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2732 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2733 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2734 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2736 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2737 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2738 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2739 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2740 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2742 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2743 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2745 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2746 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2747 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2748 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2749 SourceLocation Loc);
2751 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2752 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2753 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2754 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2755 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2757 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2758 /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2759 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2760 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2761 bool SynthesizeProperties);
2763 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2764 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2765 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2766 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2767 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2769 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
2770 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
2771 /// declared in class 'IFace'.
2772 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2773 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
2775 /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
2776 /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
2777 void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S,
2778 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);
2780 /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
2781 /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
2782 /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
2783 ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2784 const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
2786 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2787 /// class extensions.
2788 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2789 SourceLocation AtLoc,
2790 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2791 FieldDeclarator &FD,
2794 const bool isAssign,
2795 const bool isReadWrite,
2796 const unsigned Attributes,
2797 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2798 bool *isOverridingProperty,
2800 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2802 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2803 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2804 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2805 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2806 SourceLocation AtLoc,
2807 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2808 FieldDeclarator &FD,
2811 const bool isAssign,
2812 const bool isReadWrite,
2813 const unsigned Attributes,
2814 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2816 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2817 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
2819 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2820 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2821 /// setter or getter.
2822 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2823 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2825 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2827 void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides(
2828 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD,
2829 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD);
2831 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2833 enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2838 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2839 /// true, or false, accordingly.
2840 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2841 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2842 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2844 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2845 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2846 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2847 const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2848 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2849 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2850 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2851 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2852 bool &IncompleteImpl,
2853 bool ImmediateClass,
2854 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2856 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2857 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2858 /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2859 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2861 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2862 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2865 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2866 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2867 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2869 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2870 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2871 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2872 bool receiverIdOrClass,
2873 bool warn, bool instance);
2875 /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
2876 TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
2877 bool RecordFailure = true,
2878 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false) {
2879 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup)
2880 (void)UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo];
2882 TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
2883 return TypoCorrection();
2887 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
2888 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
2889 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
2890 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
2891 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2892 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
2895 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
2896 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2897 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
2900 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
2902 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
2904 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2905 /// there are multiple signatures.
2906 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2907 bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2909 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2910 warn, /*instance*/true);
2913 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2914 /// there are multiple signatures.
2915 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2916 bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2918 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2919 warn, /*instance*/false);
2922 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
2923 QualType ObjectType=QualType());
2924 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
2926 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
2928 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
2930 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
2931 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
2933 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2934 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
2938 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { }
2940 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
2941 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
2942 // emulation code from Ownership.h).
2943 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
2945 ExprResult release() {
2949 Expr *get() const { return E; }
2951 Expr *operator->() {
2956 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
2957 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
2960 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
2965 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2966 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
2968 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
2969 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get());
2971 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2973 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
2974 /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
2975 return FullExprArg(FE.get());
2978 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
2979 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
2981 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
2982 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
2984 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2985 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2986 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
2987 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
2989 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
2990 class CompoundScopeRAII {
2992 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
2993 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2996 ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
2997 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3004 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
3005 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3006 SourceLocation EndLoc);
3007 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
3008 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
3009 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
3010 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
3011 SourceLocation ColonLoc);
3012 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
3014 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3015 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3016 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
3017 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
3018 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
3020 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
3021 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
3024 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
3025 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
3027 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3028 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3031 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3032 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
3033 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
3035 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
3036 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
3037 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
3038 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
3039 SourceLocation CondRParen);
3041 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3042 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3043 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
3046 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3048 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
3050 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
3051 Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
3052 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3053 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
3055 enum BuildForRangeKind {
3056 /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
3058 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
3059 /// attempt any typo-correction.
3061 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
3062 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
3066 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
3067 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
3068 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3069 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3070 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3071 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3072 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
3073 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
3075 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3076 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3077 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
3079 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3080 SourceLocation LabelLoc,
3081 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3082 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3083 SourceLocation StarLoc,
3085 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3086 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3088 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3089 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
3090 typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType;
3091 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3092 CapturedRegionKind Kind,
3093 ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params);
3094 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
3095 void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
3096 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
3098 unsigned NumParams);
3099 VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
3100 bool AllowFunctionParameters);
3101 bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD,
3102 bool AllowFunctionParameters);
3104 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
3106 StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3107 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3109 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
3110 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
3111 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
3112 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3113 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
3114 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3116 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3117 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3119 llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
3120 bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
3121 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
3122 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3123 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3124 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
3125 StringRef AsmString,
3126 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
3127 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
3128 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
3129 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
3130 SourceLocation EndLoc);
3132 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
3133 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3134 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
3135 bool Invalid = false);
3137 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3139 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
3140 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
3142 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3144 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
3145 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
3147 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
3148 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
3150 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
3152 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
3156 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3158 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3159 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3160 SourceLocation IdLoc,
3161 IdentifierInfo *Id);
3163 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3165 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
3166 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
3167 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3168 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
3170 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
3171 SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3172 Stmt *Handler, int HandlerIndex,
3173 int HandlerParentIndex);
3174 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FilterExpr,
3176 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block);
3177 StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope);
3179 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
3181 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
3183 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
3185 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
3187 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
3188 /// whose result is unused, warn.
3189 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
3190 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
3192 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
3193 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
3195 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
3198 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3202 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
3203 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
3204 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
3205 const Stmt *PossibleBody);
3207 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
3208 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
3210 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
3212 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
3213 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
3214 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
3216 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
3217 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
3220 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
3222 enum AvailabilityDiagnostic { AD_Deprecation, AD_Unavailable };
3224 void EmitAvailabilityWarning(AvailabilityDiagnostic AD,
3225 NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
3227 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
3228 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty,
3229 bool ObjCPropertyAccess);
3231 void HandleDelayedAvailabilityCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
3233 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
3236 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3237 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
3239 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
3240 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3241 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=nullptr,
3242 bool ObjCPropertyAccess=false);
3243 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
3244 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3245 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
3246 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
3247 SourceLocation Loc);
3248 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3249 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
3251 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3252 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
3253 bool IsDecltype = false);
3254 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3255 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3256 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3257 bool IsDecltype = false);
3258 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3260 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3262 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3263 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3265 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3267 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also
3268 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3269 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants
3270 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3271 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3272 // named expressions.
3273 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
3274 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
3275 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
3276 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
3277 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
3279 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
3280 void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
3282 enum TryCaptureKind {
3283 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
3286 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3288 /// \param Var The variable to capture.
3290 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
3292 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
3293 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
3295 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
3296 /// an explicit lambda capture.
3298 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
3299 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3300 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3301 /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3303 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3304 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3305 /// variable can be captured.
3307 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3308 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3311 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
3312 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
3313 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
3314 /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
3315 /// a nested generic lambda.
3317 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3318 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3319 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3320 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3321 QualType &CaptureType,
3322 QualType &DeclRefType,
3323 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
3325 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3326 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3327 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3328 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3330 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3331 /// variable will have in the given scope.
3332 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3334 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3335 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3336 bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3338 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3339 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3340 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3341 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3342 bool ForceComplain = false,
3343 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr);
3345 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3346 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3347 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3349 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3350 /// evaluation context.
3352 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3353 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3354 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3355 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3356 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3357 const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3359 // Primary Expressions.
3360 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3362 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3363 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3365 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3366 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr,
3367 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false);
3369 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3370 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3371 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3372 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3375 DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3376 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3377 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
3378 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None);
3380 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3382 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3384 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3385 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3386 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3387 bool isAddressOfOperand,
3388 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3390 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3393 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
3395 BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
3396 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3397 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
3398 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3399 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
3401 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
3402 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3403 SourceLocation nameLoc,
3404 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3405 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none),
3406 Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr,
3407 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3409 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3410 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3412 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3413 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3414 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3416 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3417 bool IsDefiniteInstance);
3418 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3419 const LookupResult &R,
3420 bool HasTrailingLParen);
3422 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(
3423 CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3424 bool IsAddressOfOperand, TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr);
3426 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3427 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3428 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3429 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3431 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3434 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
3435 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
3436 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3437 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
3439 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3440 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3441 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3442 SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3443 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
3445 ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
3446 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT);
3447 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3448 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3449 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3450 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok,
3451 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3452 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3453 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3457 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3458 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3459 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks,
3460 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3462 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3463 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3464 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3465 Expr *ControllingExpr,
3466 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
3467 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
3468 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3469 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3470 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3471 Expr *ControllingExpr,
3472 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
3473 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
3475 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3476 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3478 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3479 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3480 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3481 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3483 QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
3485 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3486 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3487 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3489 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3490 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3492 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3493 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3494 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3495 const SourceRange &ArgRange);
3497 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3498 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3500 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3501 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3502 SourceRange ExprRange,
3503 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3504 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3505 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3506 IdentifierInfo &Name,
3507 SourceLocation NameLoc,
3508 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3509 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3510 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3512 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3513 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3514 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3515 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3517 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3518 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3519 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3520 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3521 // defines a custom operator->).
3522 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3526 bool HasTrailingLParen;
3529 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(
3530 Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3531 CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3532 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3533 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3534 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
3537 BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3538 bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3539 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3540 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R,
3541 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3542 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3543 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
3545 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3547 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3548 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3549 const LookupResult &R);
3551 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3552 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3553 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3554 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3555 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3556 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3557 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3559 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3560 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3561 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3563 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3564 UnqualifiedId &Member,
3566 bool HasTrailingLParen);
3568 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3569 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3570 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3571 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3572 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3573 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3574 bool ExecConfig = false);
3575 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3577 const Expr *ArgExpr);
3579 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3580 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3582 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3583 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3584 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr,
3585 bool IsExecConfig = false);
3586 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3587 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3588 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
3589 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3590 Expr *Config = nullptr,
3591 bool IsExecConfig = false);
3593 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3594 MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3595 SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3597 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3598 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3599 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3600 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3602 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3604 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3606 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3607 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3608 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3609 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3611 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3613 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3615 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3618 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3619 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3620 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3623 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3624 MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3625 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3627 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3632 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3633 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3634 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3635 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3636 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3637 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3639 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
3640 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3641 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3642 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3643 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3645 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3646 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3647 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3649 void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3650 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3651 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3652 void ActOnStmtExprError();
3654 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3655 struct OffsetOfComponent {
3656 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3657 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident
3659 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3664 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3665 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3666 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3667 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3668 unsigned NumComponents,
3669 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3670 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3671 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3672 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3673 ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3674 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3675 unsigned NumComponents,
3676 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3678 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3679 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3680 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3681 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3683 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3684 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3685 SourceLocation RPLoc);
3686 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3687 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3690 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3692 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3694 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3695 enum IfExistsResult {
3696 /// \brief The symbol exists.
3699 /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3702 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3703 /// from one instantiation to the next.
3706 /// \brief An error occurred.
3711 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3712 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3715 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3716 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3717 UnqualifiedId &Name);
3719 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3721 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3722 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3724 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3726 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3729 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3731 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3733 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3735 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3736 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3737 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3740 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3741 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3742 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3744 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3745 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
3746 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3749 //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
3751 /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
3752 ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3753 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3754 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3756 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3758 /// __builtin_astype(...)
3759 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3760 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3761 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3763 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3765 // Act on C++ namespaces
3766 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3767 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3768 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3769 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3770 SourceLocation LBrace,
3771 AttributeList *AttrList);
3772 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3774 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3775 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3777 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3779 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3780 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3781 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3783 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3784 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3786 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3787 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3789 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3790 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3791 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3793 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3794 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3795 SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3797 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3798 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3799 AttributeList *AttrList);
3801 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3803 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3804 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3805 SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3806 IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3808 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3809 IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3811 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3812 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3813 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
3814 UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
3815 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3817 UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
3819 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3820 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3821 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3822 SourceLocation NameLoc,
3823 const LookupResult &Previous);
3824 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3825 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3826 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3827 SourceLocation NameLoc);
3829 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3830 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3832 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3833 AttributeList *AttrList,
3834 bool IsInstantiation,
3835 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3836 SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3838 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
3840 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3842 bool HasUsingKeyword,
3843 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3845 UnqualifiedId &Name,
3846 AttributeList *AttrList,
3847 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3848 SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3849 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3851 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3852 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3853 UnqualifiedId &Name,
3854 AttributeList *AttrList,
3857 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3858 /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3860 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3862 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3863 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3864 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
3865 bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
3866 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
3867 SourceRange ParenRange);
3869 // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
3870 // the constructor can be elidable?
3872 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3873 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
3874 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3875 bool IsListInitialization,
3876 bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
3877 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
3879 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
3880 /// the default expr if needed.
3881 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3883 ParmVarDecl *Param);
3885 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
3886 /// constructed variable.
3887 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
3889 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
3890 /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
3891 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
3892 // Pointer to allow copying
3894 // We order exception specifications thus:
3895 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
3896 // throw() comes next.
3897 // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
3898 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
3899 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
3900 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
3901 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
3902 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
3904 void ClearExceptions() {
3905 ExceptionsSeen.clear();
3910 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
3911 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
3912 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3913 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
3916 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
3917 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
3918 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
3919 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
3923 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
3924 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
3926 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
3927 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
3929 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
3930 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3932 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
3933 void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
3935 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
3936 /// computed exception specification.
3937 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
3938 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
3939 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
3940 EPI.NumExceptions = size();
3941 EPI.Exceptions = data();
3942 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) {
3943 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
3944 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
3945 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
3946 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
3947 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
3948 tok::kw_false).get();
3951 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
3952 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3958 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3959 /// copy constructor of a class will have.
3960 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3961 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
3964 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3965 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
3967 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3968 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3970 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
3971 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
3972 /// parameter will be const.
3973 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3974 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3976 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3977 /// constructor of a class will have.
3978 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3979 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3981 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3982 /// assignment operator of a class will have.
3983 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3984 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3986 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3987 /// destructor of a class will have.
3988 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3989 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3991 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
3992 /// constructor of a class will have.
3993 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3994 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
3996 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
3997 /// special member function.
3998 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4000 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
4001 /// extended prototype information with the results.
4002 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4003 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4004 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4006 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
4007 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
4009 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
4010 /// definition when it is defaulted.
4011 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
4012 bool Diagnose = false);
4014 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
4016 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4017 /// default constructor will be added.
4019 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
4020 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
4021 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4023 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4024 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
4025 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4026 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4028 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
4030 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4031 /// destructor will be added.
4033 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
4034 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4036 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
4037 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
4038 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4039 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4041 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
4043 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
4044 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
4045 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4046 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4048 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
4050 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
4051 /// constructors will be added.
4052 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4054 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
4055 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
4056 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4058 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
4060 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4061 /// copy constructor will be added.
4063 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
4064 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4066 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4067 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
4068 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4069 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4071 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
4073 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4074 /// move constructor will be added.
4076 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
4078 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4080 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4081 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
4082 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4083 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4085 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
4087 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4088 /// copy assignment operator will be added.
4090 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4091 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4093 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4094 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4095 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4097 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
4099 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4100 /// move assignment operator will be added.
4102 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
4103 /// wasn't declared.
4104 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4106 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
4107 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4108 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4110 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
4112 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4114 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
4115 /// special member function.
4116 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
4118 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
4119 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
4121 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4122 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4124 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
4125 /// member function.
4126 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4128 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
4129 /// static member function.
4131 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4132 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4134 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
4135 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
4136 /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
4137 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
4139 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4140 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
4142 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
4143 bool AllowExplicit = false,
4144 bool IsListInitialization = false);
4146 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4147 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4148 IdentifierInfo &Name);
4150 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4151 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4152 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4153 ParsedType ObjectType,
4154 bool EnteringContext);
4156 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
4158 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
4159 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
4160 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
4162 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
4163 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4164 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4165 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
4167 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
4168 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4170 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4172 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4173 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4176 SourceRange AngleBrackets,
4177 SourceRange Parens);
4179 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4180 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4181 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4182 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4183 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4184 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4186 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4188 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
4189 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4190 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4192 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4194 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4195 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4196 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4197 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4198 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4199 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4201 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4203 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
4204 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4205 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4207 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4210 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer.
4211 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
4213 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
4215 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
4216 QualType getCurrentThisType();
4218 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
4219 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
4220 /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
4221 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
4223 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
4224 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
4225 class CXXThisScopeRAII {
4227 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
4231 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
4232 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
4233 /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
4234 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
4235 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
4236 bool Enabled = true);
4238 ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
4241 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
4242 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
4244 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
4246 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
4249 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
4250 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
4251 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
4252 /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
4253 /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
4254 /// a non-static member function or a static function).
4255 /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
4256 bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
4257 bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
4258 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr);
4260 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
4261 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
4263 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
4265 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
4266 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4269 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
4270 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4272 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
4273 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
4275 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
4276 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
4277 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
4278 bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4279 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
4280 bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4282 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
4283 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
4284 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
4285 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
4286 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
4287 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4289 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4291 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
4292 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4294 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4296 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
4297 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
4298 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4299 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4300 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4301 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
4303 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
4304 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4305 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4306 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4307 SourceRange TypeIdParens,
4309 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
4311 SourceRange DirectInitRange,
4313 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
4315 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
4317 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4318 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
4319 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
4320 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
4321 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
4322 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4323 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
4325 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
4326 bool Diagnose = true);
4327 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
4328 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
4330 QualType Param2 = QualType(),
4331 bool addMallocAttr = false);
4333 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
4334 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
4335 bool Diagnose = true);
4336 FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4337 bool CanProvideSize,
4338 DeclarationName Name);
4340 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4341 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4342 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4345 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4346 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
4347 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4348 bool ConvertToBoolean);
4350 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4351 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4352 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4353 SourceLocation RParen);
4355 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4356 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4357 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4358 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4359 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4360 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4361 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4363 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4364 /// pseudo-functions.
4365 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4366 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4369 SourceLocation RParen);
4371 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4372 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4373 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4375 SourceLocation RParen);
4377 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4378 /// pseudo-functions.
4379 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4380 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4382 SourceLocation RParen);
4384 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4385 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4387 SourceLocation RParen);
4389 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4391 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4392 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4393 ParsedType &ObjectType,
4394 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4396 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
4398 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4399 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4400 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4401 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4402 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4403 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4404 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4405 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
4406 bool HasTrailingLParen);
4408 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4409 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4410 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4412 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4413 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4414 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4415 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
4416 bool HasTrailingLParen);
4418 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4419 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4420 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4421 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4423 bool HasTrailingLParen);
4425 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4426 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4427 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4428 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4429 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4430 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4432 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4433 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4434 : SourceLocation());
4436 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4437 bool DiscardedValue = false,
4438 bool IsConstexpr = false,
4439 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false);
4440 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4442 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4443 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4445 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4446 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4447 bool EnteringContext = false);
4448 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4449 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4451 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
4453 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4455 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4457 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4458 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4460 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4461 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
4464 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD);
4465 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4467 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4468 SourceLocation IdLoc,
4470 ParsedType ObjectType);
4472 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4473 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4474 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4475 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4476 QualType ObjectType,
4477 bool EnteringContext,
4479 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4480 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup,
4481 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
4483 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4485 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4487 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4489 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4491 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4493 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4494 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4496 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4497 /// this nested-name-specifier.
4499 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4500 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4501 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4502 /// including this new type).
4504 /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve
4505 /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message.
4507 /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':'
4508 /// are allowed. The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true'
4509 /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'.
4511 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4512 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4513 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4514 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4515 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4516 ParsedType ObjectType,
4517 bool EnteringContext,
4519 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false,
4520 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
4522 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4524 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4526 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4528 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4529 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4530 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4531 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4532 ParsedType ObjectType,
4533 bool EnteringContext);
4535 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4536 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4538 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4540 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4541 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4542 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4543 /// including this new type).
4545 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4546 /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4547 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4548 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
4549 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4550 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
4551 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4553 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4554 /// nested-name-specifier.
4557 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4558 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4560 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4561 TemplateTy TemplateName,
4562 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4563 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4564 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4565 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4566 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4567 bool EnteringContext);
4569 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4570 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4571 /// nested-name-specifier.
4573 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4575 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4576 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4577 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4579 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4580 /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4582 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4583 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4585 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4587 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4588 /// of the annotation pointer.
4589 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4590 SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4593 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4595 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4596 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4597 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4598 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4599 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4600 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4601 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4603 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4604 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4605 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4606 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4608 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4610 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4611 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4612 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4613 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4615 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4617 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4618 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4619 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4621 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4622 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4623 TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4624 bool KnownDependent,
4625 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
4627 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4628 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4629 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4630 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4631 SourceLocation EndLoc,
4632 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4634 /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
4635 void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
4636 CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4637 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4638 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4639 SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
4640 bool ExplicitParams,
4641 bool ExplicitResultType,
4644 /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform
4645 /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if
4646 /// not being used to initialize a reference.
4647 QualType performLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc,
4648 bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *&Init);
4649 /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's
4650 /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture.
4652 /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy
4653 /// variables appropriately.
4654 VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
4655 QualType InitCaptureType, IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init);
4657 /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture.
4658 FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
4660 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4662 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4664 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4665 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4667 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4668 /// statements present in the body.
4669 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4671 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4672 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4673 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4675 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4676 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4678 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4679 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4680 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4681 bool IsInstantiation = false);
4683 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4684 /// was successfully completed.
4685 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4687 bool IsInstantiation = false);
4689 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4690 /// function pointer.
4692 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4693 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4694 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4695 /// block pointer conversion.
4696 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4697 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4699 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4702 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4703 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4704 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4705 /// block pointer conversion.
4706 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4707 CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4709 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4710 SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4711 CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4714 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4715 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4717 unsigned NumStrings);
4719 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4721 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4722 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4723 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4724 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4725 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4727 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4729 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4730 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4731 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4732 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4733 /// "char *" or "const char *".
4734 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4736 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4738 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4739 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4741 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4742 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4743 unsigned NumElements);
4745 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4746 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4747 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4748 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4749 CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4750 bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4752 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4753 SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4754 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4756 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4758 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4759 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4760 SourceLocation AtLoc,
4761 SourceLocation SelLoc,
4762 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4763 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4764 bool WarnMultipleSelectors);
4766 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4767 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4768 SourceLocation AtLoc,
4769 SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4770 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4771 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4772 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4774 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4777 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4778 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4780 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4781 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4783 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4786 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4789 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4790 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
4791 bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
4793 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4794 SourceLocation ASLoc,
4795 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4796 AttributeList *Attrs = nullptr);
4798 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4800 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4801 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4802 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4804 void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer();
4805 void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl,
4806 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4809 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4812 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4813 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4815 SourceLocation IdLoc,
4816 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4817 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4818 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4819 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4821 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4824 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4825 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4827 SourceLocation IdLoc,
4829 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4831 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4834 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4835 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4837 SourceLocation IdLoc,
4839 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4841 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
4843 SourceLocation IdLoc);
4845 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
4846 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
4848 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4849 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4851 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4853 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4855 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4856 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
4858 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
4859 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
4861 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
4864 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
4865 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
4867 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4868 CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4870 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
4871 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
4872 /// first use occurred.
4873 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
4875 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
4877 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
4879 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
4880 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
4881 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
4882 /// by code generation).
4883 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
4885 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
4886 void LoadExternalVTableUses();
4888 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
4889 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
4892 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
4894 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
4896 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
4898 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4899 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
4901 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
4902 /// in the given class as needed.
4903 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
4904 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4906 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
4907 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
4908 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4909 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4911 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
4912 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
4915 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
4916 bool DefineUsedVTables();
4918 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4920 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
4921 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4922 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
4925 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4926 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
4928 SourceLocation LBrac,
4929 SourceLocation RBrac,
4930 AttributeList *AttrList);
4931 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
4933 void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param);
4934 unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
4935 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4936 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4937 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
4938 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4939 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4940 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
4941 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
4942 CachedTokens &Toks);
4943 void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
4944 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
4946 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4948 Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
4949 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4950 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4952 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
4953 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4956 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
4957 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
4958 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
4959 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
4960 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4961 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4962 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4964 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4966 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4967 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4969 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4970 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
4972 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
4974 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4975 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
4976 const FunctionProtoType *T);
4977 void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
4979 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4980 // C++ Derived Classes
4983 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
4984 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4985 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4986 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4987 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4988 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4990 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
4991 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4992 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
4993 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4994 ParsedType basetype,
4995 SourceLocation BaseLoc,
4996 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4998 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
5000 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
5003 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
5004 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5006 // FIXME: I don't like this name.
5007 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
5009 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
5011 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5012 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5013 CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
5014 bool IgnoreAccess = false);
5015 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5016 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
5017 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
5018 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5019 DeclarationName Name,
5020 CXXCastPath *BasePath);
5022 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5024 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5025 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5027 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
5028 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
5029 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5030 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5032 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
5033 /// spec is a subset of base spec.
5034 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5035 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5037 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
5039 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
5040 void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5042 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
5043 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
5044 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
5045 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5046 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5049 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5050 // C++ Access Control
5060 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
5061 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
5062 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
5064 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
5065 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5066 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
5067 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5068 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
5069 SourceRange PlacementRange,
5070 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5071 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5072 bool Diagnose = true);
5073 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5074 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5075 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5076 AccessSpecifier Access,
5077 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
5078 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5079 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5080 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5081 AccessSpecifier Access,
5082 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
5083 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5084 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
5085 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
5086 QualType objectType = QualType());
5087 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
5088 AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
5089 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5090 DeclAccessPair Found);
5091 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5094 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5095 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
5096 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5097 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
5098 QualType Base, QualType Derived,
5099 const CXXBasePath &Path,
5101 bool ForceCheck = false,
5102 bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
5103 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
5104 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
5105 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
5106 AccessSpecifier access,
5107 QualType objectType);
5109 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
5110 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5111 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
5112 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5114 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
5116 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
5117 /// failures rather than hard errors.
5118 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
5120 enum AbstractDiagSelID {
5124 AbstractVariableType,
5127 AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
5131 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5132 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
5133 template<typename T1>
5134 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5137 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
5138 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5141 template<typename T1, typename T2>
5142 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5144 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
5145 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
5146 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5149 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
5150 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5152 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
5153 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
5154 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5157 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5159 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
5160 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
5162 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5163 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
5166 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5168 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5170 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5171 // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
5173 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5174 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5175 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5176 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5178 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5179 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
5180 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5182 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
5184 bool hasTemplateKeyword,
5185 UnqualifiedId &Name,
5186 ParsedType ObjectType,
5187 bool EnteringContext,
5188 TemplateTy &Template,
5189 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5191 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
5192 SourceLocation IILoc,
5194 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
5195 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
5196 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
5198 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
5199 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
5201 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename,
5202 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5203 SourceLocation KeyLoc,
5204 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5205 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5206 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
5207 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5208 ParsedType DefaultArg);
5210 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
5211 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5214 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5216 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
5217 SourceLocation TmpLoc,
5218 TemplateParameterList *Params,
5219 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5220 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5221 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5224 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5225 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
5227 TemplateParameterList *
5228 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
5229 SourceLocation ExportLoc,
5230 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5231 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5232 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
5233 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5235 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
5236 enum TemplateParamListContext {
5239 TPC_FunctionTemplate,
5240 TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
5241 TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
5242 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
5243 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
5244 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
5247 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
5248 TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
5249 TemplateParamListContext TPC);
5250 TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5251 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
5252 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
5253 ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
5254 bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
5256 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5257 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5258 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5259 AttributeList *Attr,
5260 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5262 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5263 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5264 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
5265 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
5267 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
5268 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
5270 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
5272 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
5273 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5274 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5277 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5278 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5279 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5280 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5281 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5282 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
5284 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
5285 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
5286 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
5287 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
5288 SourceLocation TagLoc,
5290 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5291 TemplateTy TemplateD,
5292 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5293 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5294 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
5295 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5297 DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5298 Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
5299 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5300 StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
5302 DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5303 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5304 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5305 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5307 ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5308 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5309 VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5310 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5311 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5313 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5314 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5317 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5319 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5320 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5321 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5322 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5324 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
5326 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5327 UnqualifiedId &Name,
5328 ParsedType ObjectType,
5329 bool EnteringContext,
5330 TemplateTy &Template);
5333 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5334 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5335 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5336 TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId,
5337 AttributeList *Attr,
5338 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
5340 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
5341 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5344 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
5345 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5349 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
5350 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
5351 NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
5352 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
5353 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
5356 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5357 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5358 LookupResult &Previous);
5360 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5361 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5362 LookupResult &Previous);
5363 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
5366 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5367 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5368 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5370 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5371 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5372 TemplateTy Template,
5373 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5374 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5375 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5376 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5377 AttributeList *Attr);
5380 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5381 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5382 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5384 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5386 IdentifierInfo *Name,
5387 SourceLocation NameLoc,
5388 AttributeList *Attr);
5390 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5391 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5392 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5396 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5397 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5398 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5400 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
5402 bool &HasDefaultArg);
5404 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5405 /// argument is being checked.
5406 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5407 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5408 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5411 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
5415 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
5416 /// via template argument deduction.
5417 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
5420 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
5421 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5422 NamedDecl *Template,
5423 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5424 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5425 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
5426 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5427 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5429 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
5430 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
5432 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
5435 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
5437 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
5438 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
5439 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
5442 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
5443 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
5444 /// set of template arguments.
5446 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
5449 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5450 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
5451 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5452 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
5453 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
5454 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5456 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5457 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5458 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5460 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5461 TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
5462 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5463 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
5464 TemplateArgument &Converted,
5465 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5466 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5467 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5468 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
5471 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5473 SourceLocation Loc);
5475 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5476 SourceLocation Loc);
5478 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
5480 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
5481 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
5482 /// that might be redeclarations.
5485 /// template<typename T> struct X;
5486 /// template<typename T> struct X;
5490 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
5491 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
5492 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
5495 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
5496 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
5498 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
5500 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
5501 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
5502 /// template parameter.
5505 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
5506 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
5507 /// X<integer_c> xic;
5509 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
5512 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
5513 TemplateParameterList *Old,
5515 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
5516 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
5517 = SourceLocation());
5519 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
5521 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5522 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
5524 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5525 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5526 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5527 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
5528 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
5530 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5531 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
5532 SourceLocation IdLoc);
5534 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5535 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
5536 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
5538 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5539 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5540 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5541 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5542 /// \param TemplateName The template name.
5543 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5544 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
5545 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5546 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
5548 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5549 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5550 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5551 TemplateTy TemplateName,
5552 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5553 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5554 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5555 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5557 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5558 SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5559 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5560 const IdentifierInfo &II,
5561 SourceLocation IILoc);
5563 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5565 DeclarationName Name);
5566 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5568 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5569 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5570 TemplateParameterList *Params);
5573 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5574 const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5577 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5578 const TemplateArgument *Args,
5581 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5582 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5583 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5585 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5586 /// being diagnosed.
5588 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5589 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5590 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5591 /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5592 UPPC_Expression = 0,
5594 /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5597 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5598 UPPC_DeclarationType,
5600 /// \brief The type of a data member.
5601 UPPC_DataMemberType,
5603 /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5606 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5607 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5609 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5610 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5612 /// \brief The enumerator value.
5613 UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5615 /// \brief A using declaration.
5616 UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5618 /// \brief A friend declaration.
5619 UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5621 /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5622 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5624 /// \brief An initializer.
5627 /// \brief A default argument.
5628 UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5630 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5631 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5633 /// \brief The type of an exception.
5636 /// \brief Partial specialization.
5637 UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5639 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5642 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5645 /// \brief Lambda expression.
5648 /// \brief Block expression,
5652 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5654 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5656 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5657 /// parameter packs.
5659 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5661 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5662 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5663 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5664 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5666 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5667 /// diagnose the error.
5669 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5671 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5674 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5675 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5676 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5678 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5679 /// pack, diagnose the error.
5681 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5682 /// parameter packs.
5684 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5685 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5686 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5688 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5689 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5691 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5692 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5694 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5695 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5696 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5698 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5699 /// diagnose the error.
5701 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5702 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5704 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5705 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5706 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5708 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5709 /// diagnose the error.
5711 /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5713 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5714 /// parameter packs.
5716 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5717 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5718 TemplateName Template,
5719 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5721 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5722 /// pack, diagnose the error.
5724 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5725 /// parameter packs.
5727 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5728 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5729 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5731 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5732 /// template argument.
5734 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5735 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5736 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5737 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5739 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5740 /// template argument.
5742 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5743 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5744 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5745 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5747 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5750 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5751 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5752 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5753 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5755 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5758 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5759 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5760 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5761 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5763 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5764 /// nested-name-specifier.
5766 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5767 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5768 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5769 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5771 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5774 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5775 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5776 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5777 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5779 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5780 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5782 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5783 /// may already be invalid.
5785 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5786 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5787 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5789 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5790 /// creates a pack expansion.
5792 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5793 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5795 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5796 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5798 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5800 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5801 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5802 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5804 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5806 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5807 SourceRange PatternRange,
5808 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5809 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5811 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5812 /// creates a pack expansion.
5814 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5815 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5817 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5818 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5820 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5821 /// creates a pack expansion.
5823 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5824 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5826 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5827 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5828 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5830 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
5831 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
5832 /// transforming the pattern.
5834 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
5837 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
5838 /// the pack expansion.
5840 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
5843 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
5844 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
5845 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
5847 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
5848 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
5849 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
5850 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
5852 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
5853 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
5854 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
5855 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
5856 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
5857 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
5858 /// set this value in other cases.
5860 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
5861 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
5862 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
5864 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5865 SourceRange PatternRange,
5866 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
5867 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5869 bool &RetainExpansion,
5870 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
5872 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
5875 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
5876 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
5878 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
5879 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
5880 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5882 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
5883 /// parameter packs.
5885 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
5886 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
5892 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
5893 /// a variadic function.
5895 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
5896 /// false otherwise.
5897 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
5899 /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
5901 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
5903 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
5905 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
5906 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
5907 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
5908 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
5909 SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
5910 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
5912 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5913 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
5914 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5916 QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType);
5918 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
5920 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
5921 /// template argument deduction, as returned from
5922 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
5923 /// structure provides additional information about the results of
5924 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
5925 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
5926 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
5927 enum TemplateDeductionResult {
5928 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
5930 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
5932 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
5933 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
5934 TDK_InstantiationDepth,
5935 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
5936 /// for every template parameter.
5938 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
5939 /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
5941 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
5942 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
5943 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
5944 /// but were given a non-const "X".
5946 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5947 /// resulted in an error.
5948 TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
5949 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
5950 /// corresponding component of the argument.
5951 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
5952 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5953 /// template, there were too many call arguments.
5954 TDK_TooManyArguments,
5955 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5956 /// template, there were too few call arguments.
5957 TDK_TooFewArguments,
5958 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
5959 /// template arguments for the given template.
5960 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
5961 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
5962 /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
5963 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
5964 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
5965 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
5968 TemplateDeductionResult
5969 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5970 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5971 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5973 TemplateDeductionResult
5974 DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5975 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5976 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5978 TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
5979 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5980 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5981 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5982 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
5983 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5985 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
5986 // deduction for a call.
5987 struct OriginalCallArg {
5988 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
5990 QualType OriginalArgType)
5991 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
5992 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
5994 QualType OriginalParamType;
5996 QualType OriginalArgType;
5999 TemplateDeductionResult
6000 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6001 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6002 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
6003 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6004 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6005 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr);
6007 TemplateDeductionResult
6008 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6009 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6010 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6011 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6012 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6014 TemplateDeductionResult
6015 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6016 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6017 QualType ArgFunctionType,
6018 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6019 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6020 bool InOverloadResolution = false);
6022 TemplateDeductionResult
6023 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6025 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
6026 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6028 TemplateDeductionResult
6029 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6030 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6031 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6032 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6033 bool InOverloadResolution = false);
6035 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
6036 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
6037 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
6038 TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
6039 QualType Replacement);
6041 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
6042 enum DeduceAutoResult {
6045 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
6048 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
6050 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
6052 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
6053 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
6054 bool Diagnose = true);
6056 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
6057 SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
6058 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
6060 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
6061 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
6063 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
6064 unsigned NumCallArguments1,
6065 unsigned NumCallArguments2);
6066 UnresolvedSetIterator
6067 getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
6068 TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
6070 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
6071 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
6072 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
6073 bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
6075 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
6076 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6077 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6078 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
6079 SourceLocation Loc);
6081 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6082 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6083 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
6085 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6088 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
6089 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
6090 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6091 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
6092 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
6094 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
6095 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6096 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
6098 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6099 // C++ Template Instantiation
6102 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList
6103 getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
6104 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr,
6105 bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
6106 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr);
6108 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
6109 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
6110 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
6111 enum InstantiationKind {
6112 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
6113 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
6114 TemplateInstantiation,
6116 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
6117 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
6118 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
6119 /// arguments as specified.
6120 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
6121 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
6123 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
6124 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
6125 /// provides the template arguments as specified.
6126 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
6128 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
6129 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6130 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6132 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
6133 /// template argument deduction for either a class template
6134 /// partial specialization or a function template. The
6135 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
6136 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6137 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6139 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
6140 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
6141 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
6142 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6144 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
6145 /// has been used when naming a template-id.
6146 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
6148 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
6149 /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
6150 ExceptionSpecInstantiation
6153 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
6154 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
6156 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
6157 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
6159 NamedDecl *Template;
6161 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
6164 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
6165 /// are not part of the entity.
6166 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
6168 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
6169 unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
6171 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
6172 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
6173 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
6175 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
6176 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
6177 /// template instantiation.
6178 SourceRange InstantiationRange;
6180 ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
6181 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(nullptr), Entity(nullptr),
6182 TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(nullptr) {}
6184 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
6185 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
6186 bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
6188 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6189 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6190 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
6193 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
6197 case TemplateInstantiation:
6198 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
6201 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6202 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
6203 return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6205 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
6206 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6207 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6208 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
6209 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6213 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
6216 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6217 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6222 /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
6224 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
6225 /// requires another template instantiation, additional
6226 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
6227 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
6228 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
6229 ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
6231 /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
6232 /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
6233 SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules;
6235 /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
6236 /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
6237 /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
6238 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
6240 /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
6241 /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
6242 /// template defined within it.
6243 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
6245 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
6246 /// template instantiation.
6248 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
6249 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
6250 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6252 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
6253 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
6254 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
6255 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
6257 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
6258 /// error or warning was produced.
6260 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
6261 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
6262 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
6263 /// to implement it anywhere else.
6264 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
6266 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
6267 /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
6269 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
6270 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
6271 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
6272 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
6274 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
6275 /// within a \c Sema object.
6277 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
6278 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
6280 int OldSubstitutionIndex;
6283 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
6284 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
6285 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
6288 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
6289 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
6293 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
6295 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
6297 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
6298 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
6299 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
6301 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
6302 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
6305 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
6306 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
6307 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
6308 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
6310 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
6313 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
6314 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
6315 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
6316 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
6317 /// produces an error and evaluates true.
6319 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
6321 struct InstantiatingTemplate {
6322 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
6323 /// function template, or a member thereof.
6324 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6326 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6328 struct ExceptionSpecification {};
6329 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
6330 /// of a function template.
6331 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6332 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
6333 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6335 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6337 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6338 TemplateDecl *Template,
6339 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6340 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6342 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6344 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6345 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6346 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6347 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6348 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6349 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6351 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6352 /// argument deduction for a class template partial
6354 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6355 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6356 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6357 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6358 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6360 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6361 /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
6363 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6364 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6365 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6366 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6367 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6369 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6371 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6372 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6374 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6375 /// non-type parameter.
6376 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6377 NamedDecl *Template,
6378 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6379 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6380 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6382 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6383 /// template template parameter.
6384 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6385 NamedDecl *Template,
6386 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6387 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6388 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6390 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
6391 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
6392 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6393 TemplateDecl *Template,
6395 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6396 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6399 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
6402 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
6404 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
6405 /// recursive template instantiations.
6406 bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
6411 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6412 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6413 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6415 // FIXME: Replace this with a constructor once we can use delegating
6416 // constructors in llvm.
6418 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6419 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange,
6420 Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr,
6421 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = ArrayRef<TemplateArgument>(),
6422 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr);
6424 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6426 InstantiatingTemplate&
6427 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6430 void PrintInstantiationStack();
6432 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
6433 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
6436 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
6437 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
6438 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
6439 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
6440 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
6442 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
6443 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
6444 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
6445 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
6446 "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
6447 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
6450 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
6451 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
6455 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
6456 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6457 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6460 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
6461 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
6462 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
6463 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
6464 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
6466 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
6467 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
6468 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6472 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
6473 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
6474 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6475 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6478 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
6479 bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
6480 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
6484 /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
6485 /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
6486 /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
6487 /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
6488 class TentativeAnalysisScope {
6490 // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
6492 bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6494 explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
6495 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true),
6496 PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
6497 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
6499 ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
6500 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6504 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
6506 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
6508 /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
6510 bool DisableTypoCorrection;
6512 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
6513 unsigned TyposCorrected;
6515 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
6516 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
6518 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
6521 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
6522 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
6523 /// string represents a keyword.
6524 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
6526 typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
6527 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
6529 /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
6530 /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
6531 /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
6532 IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
6534 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
6535 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
6537 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
6539 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
6540 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
6541 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
6542 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
6543 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
6544 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
6545 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
6547 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6548 /// but have not yet been performed.
6549 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
6551 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6552 /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
6554 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
6555 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
6556 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
6557 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
6558 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6560 class SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII {
6562 SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
6563 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
6564 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
6567 ~SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII() {
6568 assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&
6569 "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations");
6570 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
6571 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
6576 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation>
6577 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6580 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
6582 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6583 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6584 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6586 QualType SubstType(QualType T,
6587 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6588 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6590 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
6591 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6592 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6594 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6595 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6597 DeclarationName Entity,
6598 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
6599 unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
6600 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
6601 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6602 int indexAdjustment,
6603 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
6604 bool ExpectParameterPack);
6605 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
6606 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
6607 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6608 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
6609 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = nullptr);
6610 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
6611 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6613 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
6614 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
6616 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
6618 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
6620 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
6621 /// default arguments will be dropped.
6623 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
6625 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
6627 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6628 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
6629 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6630 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
6632 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
6633 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6635 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
6636 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6638 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
6639 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6640 bool CXXDirectInit);
6643 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6644 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6645 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6648 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6649 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6650 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6651 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6652 bool Complain = true);
6654 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6655 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
6656 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6657 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6659 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
6660 const Attr *TmplAttr;
6661 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
6664 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
6666 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
6669 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
6671 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6672 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
6673 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
6674 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
6677 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6678 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6679 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6680 bool Complain = true);
6682 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6683 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6684 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6685 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6687 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
6688 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6689 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6690 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6692 NestedNameSpecifierLoc
6693 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6694 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6697 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6698 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6700 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
6702 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6703 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6704 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
6705 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6707 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6708 FunctionDecl *Function);
6709 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6710 FunctionDecl *Function,
6711 bool Recursive = false,
6712 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6713 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
6714 VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
6715 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
6716 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
6717 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
6718 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos,
6719 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
6720 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr);
6721 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
6722 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
6723 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6725 BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
6726 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6727 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
6729 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
6730 bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false);
6731 void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
6732 VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
6733 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6734 void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6735 VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
6736 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6737 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
6738 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6740 bool Recursive = false,
6741 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6743 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
6744 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
6745 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6747 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
6748 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6749 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
6750 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6752 // Objective-C declarations.
6753 enum ObjCContainerKind {
6760 OCK_CategoryImplementation
6762 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6764 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6765 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6766 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6767 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6768 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6769 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6770 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6771 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6772 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6773 AttributeList *AttrList);
6775 void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
6776 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6777 SourceLocation SuperLoc);
6779 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6780 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6781 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6782 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6784 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6785 IdentifierInfo *PName,
6786 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
6787 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
6789 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
6790 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
6791 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
6792 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6793 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6794 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6795 AttributeList *AttrList);
6797 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6798 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6799 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6800 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
6801 SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
6802 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6803 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6804 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6805 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
6807 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
6808 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
6809 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6810 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
6811 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
6813 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
6814 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6815 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6816 IdentifierInfo *CatName,
6817 SourceLocation CatLoc);
6819 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
6820 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
6822 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
6823 IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
6824 SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
6827 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
6828 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
6830 AttributeList *attrList);
6832 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
6833 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
6834 unsigned NumProtocols,
6835 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
6837 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
6838 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
6839 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
6840 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
6842 unsigned &Attributes,
6843 bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
6845 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
6846 /// setters and getters as needed.
6847 /// \param property The property declaration being processed
6848 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
6849 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
6850 /// in class extension.
6851 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
6852 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
6853 ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
6854 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = nullptr,
6855 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = nullptr);
6858 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
6859 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
6860 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
6861 bool OverridingProtocolProperty);
6863 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
6864 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
6866 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
6867 ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
6868 ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
6870 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
6871 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6872 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
6873 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
6874 bool *OverridingProperty,
6875 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6876 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
6878 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
6879 SourceLocation AtLoc,
6880 SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
6882 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
6883 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
6884 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
6886 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
6892 OSMK_NonRetainingInit
6895 struct ObjCArgInfo {
6896 IdentifierInfo *Name;
6897 SourceLocation NameLoc;
6898 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
6901 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
6903 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
6904 AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
6907 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
6909 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
6910 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {.
6911 tok::TokenKind MethodType,
6912 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
6913 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
6914 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
6915 // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
6916 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
6917 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
6918 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6919 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
6921 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
6922 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6924 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
6927 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
6928 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
6931 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6933 SourceLocation OpLoc,
6934 DeclarationName MemberName,
6935 SourceLocation MemberLoc,
6936 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
6940 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
6941 IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
6942 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
6943 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
6945 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
6947 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
6948 /// send that starts with an identifier.
6949 enum ObjCMessageKind {
6950 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
6952 /// \brief The message is an instance message.
6953 ObjCInstanceMessage,
6954 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
6959 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
6960 IdentifierInfo *Name,
6961 SourceLocation NameLoc,
6963 bool HasTrailingDot,
6964 ParsedType &ReceiverType);
6966 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6968 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6969 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6970 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6973 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
6974 QualType ReceiverType,
6975 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6977 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6978 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6979 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6980 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6982 bool isImplicit = false);
6984 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
6985 bool isSuperReceiver,
6988 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6991 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
6992 ParsedType Receiver,
6994 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6995 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6996 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6999 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
7000 QualType ReceiverType,
7001 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7003 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7004 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7005 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7006 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7008 bool isImplicit = false);
7010 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
7011 QualType ReceiverType,
7014 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7017 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
7020 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7021 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7022 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7025 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7026 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7027 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7028 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
7031 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
7032 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7033 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7034 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7036 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
7039 void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
7041 void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
7043 bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
7046 bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc,
7047 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7048 ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass,
7049 ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod,
7050 ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod,
7051 TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl,
7054 bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc,
7055 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7058 bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr);
7060 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
7062 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
7063 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
7064 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
7065 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
7067 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
7068 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
7074 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
7075 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
7076 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
7078 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
7079 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native
7080 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
7081 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed
7082 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power
7083 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k
7084 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset
7087 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
7088 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
7089 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7091 enum PragmaPackKind {
7092 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
7093 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
7094 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
7095 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
7098 enum PragmaMSStructKind {
7099 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off
7100 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on
7103 enum PragmaMSCommentKind {
7105 PCK_Linker, // #pragma comment(linker, ...)
7106 PCK_Lib, // #pragma comment(lib, ...)
7107 PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...)
7108 PCK_ExeStr, // #pragma comment(exestr, ...)
7109 PCK_User // #pragma comment(user, ...)
7112 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
7113 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
7114 IdentifierInfo *Name,
7116 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7117 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7118 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7120 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
7121 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
7123 /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
7124 /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
7125 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg);
7127 /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma
7128 /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose
7129 /// representation]).
7130 void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers(
7131 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind,
7132 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7134 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp().
7135 void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaVtorDispKind Kind, SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7136 MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value);
7138 enum PragmaSectionKind {
7145 enum PragmaSectionFlag : unsigned {
7151 PSF_Invalid = 0x80000000U,
7154 struct SectionInfo {
7155 DeclaratorDecl *Decl;
7156 SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation;
7159 SectionInfo(DeclaratorDecl *Decl,
7160 SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation,
7163 PragmaSectionLocation(PragmaSectionLocation),
7164 SectionFlags(SectionFlags) {}
7167 llvm::StringMap<SectionInfo> SectionInfos;
7168 bool UnifySection(const StringRef &SectionName,
7170 DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl);
7171 bool UnifySection(const StringRef &SectionName,
7173 SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation);
7175 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg.
7176 void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7177 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
7178 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
7179 StringLiteral *SegmentName,
7180 llvm::StringRef PragmaName);
7182 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma section().
7183 void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7184 int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName);
7186 /// \brief Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg().
7187 void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7188 StringLiteral *SegmentName);
7190 /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
7191 void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value);
7193 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
7194 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
7196 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7198 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
7199 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
7200 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7202 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
7203 SourceLocation Loc);
7204 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
7206 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
7207 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7208 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7209 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
7211 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
7212 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
7213 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7214 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7215 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7216 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
7217 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7219 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
7220 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7221 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7222 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7223 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
7224 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7226 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
7227 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
7228 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
7230 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
7231 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
7232 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7234 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
7235 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7237 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
7238 void FreePackedContext();
7240 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
7241 /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
7242 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
7243 SourceLocation Loc);
7245 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
7246 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
7247 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
7249 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
7250 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
7251 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
7253 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
7254 void FreeVisContext();
7256 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
7257 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
7258 /// the appropriate attribute.
7259 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
7261 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize.
7262 void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7264 /// \brief Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize
7265 /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on".
7266 SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const {
7267 return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
7270 /// \brief Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope
7271 /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function
7272 /// with attribute optnone.
7273 void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD);
7275 /// \brief Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there
7276 /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone'
7277 /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma).
7278 void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc);
7280 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
7281 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
7282 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7283 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
7284 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7286 // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7288 void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
7289 /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
7290 void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
7291 void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
7292 ExprResult VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op,
7293 OpenMPClauseKind CKind);
7295 ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc,
7297 /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
7298 void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
7299 const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope,
7300 SourceLocation Loc);
7301 /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
7302 void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
7304 // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7305 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
7307 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
7308 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
7309 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
7310 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
7311 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
7313 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7314 /// \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
7315 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
7317 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7319 /// \brief Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region.
7320 void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope);
7321 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind,
7322 const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
7323 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7325 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7326 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7327 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
7328 /// of the associated statement.
7329 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7331 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7332 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7333 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing
7334 /// of the associated statement.
7335 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(
7336 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7337 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7338 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7339 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing
7340 /// of the associated statement.
7341 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForDirective(
7342 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7343 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7344 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7345 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing
7346 /// of the associated statement.
7347 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7348 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7349 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7350 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the
7351 /// associated statement.
7352 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7353 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7354 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the
7355 /// associated statement.
7356 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7357 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7358 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7359 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the
7360 /// associated statement.
7361 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7362 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7363 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the
7364 /// associated statement.
7365 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
7366 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7367 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7368 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing
7369 /// of the associated statement.
7370 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective(
7371 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7372 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7373 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7374 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after
7375 /// parsing of the associated statement.
7376 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7378 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7379 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7380 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the
7381 /// associated statement.
7382 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7383 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7384 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7385 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'.
7386 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7387 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7388 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'.
7389 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7390 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7391 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'.
7392 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7393 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7394 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'.
7395 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7396 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7397 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7399 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7401 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7402 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7403 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7404 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'if' clause.
7405 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7406 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7407 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7408 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'final' clause.
7409 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7410 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7411 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7412 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause.
7413 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads,
7414 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7415 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7416 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7417 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause.
7418 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length,
7419 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7420 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7421 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7422 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause.
7423 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops,
7424 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7425 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7426 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7428 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7430 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
7431 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7432 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7433 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7434 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
7435 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind,
7436 SourceLocation KindLoc,
7437 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7438 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7439 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7440 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause.
7441 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind,
7442 SourceLocation KindLoc,
7443 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7444 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7445 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7447 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7448 unsigned Argument, Expr *Expr,
7449 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7450 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7451 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
7452 SourceLocation CommaLoc,
7453 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7454 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause.
7455 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause(OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind,
7456 Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7457 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7458 SourceLocation KindLoc,
7459 SourceLocation CommaLoc,
7460 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7462 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7463 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7464 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause.
7465 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7466 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7467 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause.
7468 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7469 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7470 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'untied' clause.
7471 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7472 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7473 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause.
7474 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7475 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7478 ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars,
7479 Expr *TailExpr, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7480 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7481 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7482 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
7483 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId);
7484 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
7485 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7486 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7487 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7488 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7489 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause.
7490 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7491 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7492 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7493 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7494 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause.
7495 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7496 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7497 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7498 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7499 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
7500 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7501 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7502 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7503 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7504 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause.
7506 ActOnOpenMPReductionClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7507 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7508 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7509 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
7510 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId);
7511 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'linear' clause.
7512 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7514 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7515 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7516 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7517 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7518 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause.
7519 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7521 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7522 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7523 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7524 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7525 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause.
7526 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7527 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7528 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7529 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7530 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause.
7531 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7532 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7533 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7534 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7535 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause.
7536 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7537 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7538 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7539 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7541 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
7542 enum CheckedConversionKind {
7543 /// \brief An implicit conversion.
7544 CCK_ImplicitConversion,
7545 /// \brief A C-style cast.
7547 /// \brief A functional-style cast.
7549 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
7553 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
7554 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
7555 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
7556 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
7557 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
7558 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
7559 CheckedConversionKind CCK
7560 = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
7562 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
7563 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
7564 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
7566 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
7567 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
7569 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
7571 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
7572 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
7573 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
7575 /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
7576 /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
7577 ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
7579 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
7580 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
7581 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
7583 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
7584 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
7585 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
7586 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
7588 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
7589 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
7590 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
7592 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
7594 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
7595 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
7596 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
7597 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
7599 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
7600 enum VariadicCallType {
7604 VariadicConstructor,
7605 VariadicDoesNotApply
7608 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7609 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7612 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
7621 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
7622 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
7624 /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
7625 /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
7626 void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
7628 /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it.
7629 bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E);
7631 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
7632 /// form of call prototypes.
7633 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7634 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7635 unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
7636 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
7637 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
7638 bool AllowExplicit = false,
7639 bool IsListInitialization = false);
7641 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
7642 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
7643 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
7644 FunctionDecl *FDecl);
7646 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
7647 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
7648 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
7649 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
7650 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
7651 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7652 bool IsCompAssign = false);
7654 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
7655 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are
7656 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
7657 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a
7658 /// source and destination type.
7659 enum AssignConvertType {
7660 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
7663 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
7664 /// accept as an extension.
7667 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
7668 /// accept as an extension.
7671 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
7672 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
7673 FunctionVoidPointer,
7675 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
7676 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
7677 IncompatiblePointer,
7679 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
7680 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
7681 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
7682 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
7683 IncompatiblePointerSign,
7685 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
7686 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
7687 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
7689 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
7690 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
7691 /// like address spaces.
7692 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
7694 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
7695 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
7696 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
7698 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
7700 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
7701 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
7702 IncompatibleVectors,
7704 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
7705 /// pointer. We disallow this.
7708 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
7709 /// pointers types that are not compatible.
7710 IncompatibleBlockPointer,
7712 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
7713 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
7714 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
7715 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
7717 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
7718 /// object with __weak qualifier.
7719 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
7721 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
7722 /// represent it in the AST.
7726 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
7727 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the
7728 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
7729 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7731 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
7732 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
7733 bool *Complained = nullptr);
7735 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
7736 /// integer not in the range of enum values.
7737 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
7740 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
7741 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
7743 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
7747 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
7748 /// RHS to the LHS type.
7749 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
7753 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
7754 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
7755 // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
7756 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
7758 bool Diagnose = true,
7759 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false);
7761 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
7762 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
7763 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
7766 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
7768 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
7770 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7771 AssignmentAction Action,
7772 bool AllowExplicit = false);
7773 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7774 AssignmentAction Action,
7776 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
7777 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7778 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
7779 AssignmentAction Action,
7780 CheckedConversionKind CCK
7781 = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
7782 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7783 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
7784 AssignmentAction Action,
7785 CheckedConversionKind CCK);
7787 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
7788 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
7790 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
7791 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
7793 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
7794 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
7795 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
7796 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7797 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
7799 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7800 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7801 bool IsCompAssign = false);
7802 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7803 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7804 QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
7805 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7806 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7807 QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
7808 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
7809 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7810 bool IsCompAssign = false);
7811 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
7812 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
7814 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
7815 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7816 bool IsCompAssign = false);
7817 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
7818 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
7819 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
7820 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
7821 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
7822 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
7823 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
7825 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7826 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
7827 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7828 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
7829 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7830 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
7831 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
7833 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
7834 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7835 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7836 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
7837 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
7838 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
7839 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
7840 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr);
7841 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
7842 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
7843 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr) {
7844 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get();
7845 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
7846 NonStandardCompositeType);
7852 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7853 SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7855 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
7856 SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7858 void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
7859 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType,
7860 bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range);
7862 /// type checking for vector binary operators.
7863 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7864 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
7865 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
7866 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7867 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
7868 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7869 SourceLocation Loc);
7871 bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
7873 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
7874 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
7876 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
7878 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
7879 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
7880 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
7881 enum ReferenceCompareResult {
7882 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
7883 /// reference binding is not possible.
7884 Ref_Incompatible = 0,
7885 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
7886 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
7887 /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
7889 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
7890 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
7891 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
7892 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
7893 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
7894 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
7895 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
7899 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
7900 QualType T1, QualType T2,
7901 bool &DerivedToBase,
7902 bool &ObjCConversion,
7903 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
7905 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
7906 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
7907 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
7909 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
7911 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
7913 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
7914 /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
7915 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
7916 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType);
7918 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
7919 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7920 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
7921 // returns true if the cast is invalid
7922 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
7925 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
7926 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7927 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
7928 // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
7929 // returns the cast expr
7930 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
7933 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7934 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7936 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7938 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
7940 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
7941 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
7942 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
7943 QualType castType, Expr *&op,
7944 CheckedConversionKind CCK,
7945 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false,
7946 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD
7949 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7950 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7952 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
7955 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
7956 /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
7957 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
7958 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
7959 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
7961 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7962 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
7963 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
7965 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7966 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
7967 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7969 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
7970 /// \param Method - May be null.
7971 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
7972 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
7973 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
7974 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
7975 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7976 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
7977 bool isSuperMessage,
7978 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
7979 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
7981 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
7982 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
7983 /// and the form of the message send.
7984 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
7985 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7986 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
7988 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
7989 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
7990 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
7992 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
7993 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
7994 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
7995 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
7997 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
7998 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
7999 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array
8000 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
8002 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
8004 /// \return true iff there were any errors
8005 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
8007 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
8010 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
8011 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
8012 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
8014 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
8015 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
8016 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
8018 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
8019 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
8021 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
8022 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
8023 /// the specified diagnostic.
8024 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
8025 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
8026 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
8028 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
8029 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
8030 /// in the global scope.
8031 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
8033 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
8034 /// expression violations.
8035 class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
8039 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
8041 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
8042 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
8043 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
8046 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
8047 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
8048 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
8049 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
8050 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
8051 bool AllowFold = true);
8052 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
8054 bool AllowFold = true);
8055 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
8056 llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr);
8058 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
8059 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
8060 /// Returns false on success.
8061 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
8062 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
8063 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
8064 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr);
8066 enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
8073 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
8075 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
8076 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
8078 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
8079 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
8080 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
8083 /// \name Code completion
8085 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
8086 enum ParserCompletionContext {
8087 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
8089 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
8091 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
8094 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
8095 /// category implementation
8096 PCC_ObjCImplementation,
8097 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
8098 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
8099 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
8100 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
8103 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
8104 /// headers within a class.
8106 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
8108 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
8109 /// also be an expression or a declaration.
8111 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
8112 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
8114 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
8115 /// while, switch, or for statement.
8117 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
8118 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
8120 PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
8121 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
8123 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
8124 /// might also be a type cast.
8125 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
8126 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
8127 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
8128 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
8131 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
8132 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
8133 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
8134 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
8135 bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
8136 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
8138 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
8139 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
8140 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
8141 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
8142 SourceLocation OpLoc,
8144 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
8145 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
8146 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
8147 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
8148 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
8149 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8150 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
8151 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
8152 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
8154 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
8155 bool EnteringContext);
8156 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
8157 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
8158 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
8159 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
8160 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
8161 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
8163 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
8165 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
8166 bool AfterAmpersand);
8168 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
8169 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
8170 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
8171 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
8172 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
8173 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
8174 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
8175 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
8177 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
8178 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
8179 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8180 bool AtArgumentExpression);
8181 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
8182 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8183 bool AtArgumentExpression,
8184 bool IsSuper = false);
8185 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
8186 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8187 bool AtArgumentExpression,
8188 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr);
8189 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
8190 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
8191 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
8192 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
8193 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
8194 unsigned NumProtocols);
8195 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
8196 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
8197 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
8198 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8199 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8200 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
8201 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
8202 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8203 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8204 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
8205 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8206 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8207 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
8208 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
8209 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
8210 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
8211 bool IsInstanceMethod,
8212 ParsedType ReturnType);
8213 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
8214 bool IsInstanceMethod,
8215 bool AtParameterName,
8216 ParsedType ReturnType,
8217 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
8218 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
8219 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
8220 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
8221 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
8222 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
8223 IdentifierInfo *Macro,
8224 MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
8226 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
8227 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
8228 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
8229 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
8232 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8233 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
8236 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
8237 unsigned ByteNo) const;
8240 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
8241 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr,
8242 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
8243 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
8244 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
8245 // FunctionDeclaration.
8246 struct FormatStringInfo {
8248 unsigned FirstDataArg;
8252 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
8253 FormatStringInfo *FSI);
8254 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
8255 const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8256 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
8257 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
8258 bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
8259 const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8260 bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8261 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8262 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8263 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8264 SourceLocation Loc);
8266 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8267 unsigned NumParams, bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc,
8268 SourceRange Range, VariadicCallType CallType);
8270 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
8272 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8274 bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
8276 bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8277 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8279 bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8280 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8281 bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8283 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
8284 bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(CallExpr *Call);
8285 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
8286 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
8289 // Used by C++ template instantiation.
8290 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
8291 ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8292 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
8293 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
8296 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
8297 bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall);
8298 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
8299 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
8300 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
8301 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
8302 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
8303 llvm::APSInt &Result);
8304 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
8308 enum FormatStringType {
8317 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
8319 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
8320 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
8321 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
8322 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
8323 VariadicCallType CallType,
8324 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
8327 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
8328 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8330 VariadicCallType CallType,
8331 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
8332 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
8333 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8334 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
8335 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
8336 VariadicCallType CallType,
8337 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
8338 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
8340 void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
8341 const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8342 IdentifierInfo *FnInfo);
8344 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
8346 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
8348 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
8349 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
8351 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
8352 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
8354 void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
8355 SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
8356 bool isObjCMethod = false,
8357 const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr,
8358 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
8360 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
8361 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
8362 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
8363 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
8365 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
8366 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
8367 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
8368 bool IsConstexpr = false);
8370 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
8373 /// \brief Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue'
8374 /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC.
8375 void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E);
8378 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
8379 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
8380 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
8381 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
8383 struct TypeTagData {
8386 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
8387 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
8388 MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
8393 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
8394 /// layout-compatibility.
8395 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
8396 unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
8399 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely
8400 /// identifies the magic value.
8401 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
8404 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
8405 std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>>
8406 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
8408 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
8409 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
8410 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
8411 const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
8413 /// \brief The parser's current scope.
8415 /// The parser maintains this state here.
8418 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
8419 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
8422 friend class Parser;
8423 friend class InitializationSequence;
8424 friend class ASTReader;
8425 friend class ASTWriter;
8428 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
8430 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
8431 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
8432 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
8433 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
8434 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
8435 /// template substitution or instantiation.
8436 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
8438 void incrementMSLocalManglingNumber() const {
8439 return CurScope->incrementMSLocalManglingNumber();
8442 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
8443 IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
8445 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
8447 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
8448 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
8451 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
8453 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
8454 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
8455 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
8456 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
8457 DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
8462 /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
8463 class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
8467 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
8468 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
8469 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
8470 bool IsDecltype = false)
8471 : Actions(Actions) {
8472 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
8475 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
8476 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
8477 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
8478 bool IsDecltype = false)
8479 : Actions(Actions) {
8480 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
8481 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
8485 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
8486 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
8490 DeductionFailureInfo
8491 MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
8492 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
8494 /// \brief Contains a late templated function.
8495 /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
8496 struct LateParsedTemplate {
8498 /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed.
8502 } // end namespace clang